This commit is contained in:
2025-08-31 19:53:50 -05:00
commit 652e2d358c
182 changed files with 232506 additions and 0 deletions

View File

@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_cdc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file contains all the prototypes for the usbh_cdc.c
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive ----------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBH_CDC_H
#define __USBH_CDC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_core.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_CLASS
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_CDC_CLASS
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE
* @brief This file is the Header file for usbh_core.c
* @{
*/
/*Communication Class codes*/
#define USB_CDC_CLASS 0x02U
#define COMMUNICATION_INTERFACE_CLASS_CODE 0x02U
/*Data Interface Class Codes*/
#define DATA_INTERFACE_CLASS_CODE 0x0AU
/*Communication sub class codes*/
#define RESERVED 0x00U
#define DIRECT_LINE_CONTROL_MODEL 0x01U
#define ABSTRACT_CONTROL_MODEL 0x02U
#define TELEPHONE_CONTROL_MODEL 0x03U
#define MULTICHANNEL_CONTROL_MODEL 0x04U
#define CAPI_CONTROL_MODEL 0x05U
#define ETHERNET_NETWORKING_CONTROL_MODEL 0x06U
#define ATM_NETWORKING_CONTROL_MODEL 0x07U
/*Communication Interface Class Control Protocol Codes*/
#define NO_CLASS_SPECIFIC_PROTOCOL_CODE 0x00U
#define COMMON_AT_COMMAND 0x01U
#define VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0xFFU
#define CS_INTERFACE 0x24U
#define CDC_PAGE_SIZE_64 0x40U
/*Class-Specific Request Codes*/
#define CDC_SEND_ENCAPSULATED_COMMAND 0x00U
#define CDC_GET_ENCAPSULATED_RESPONSE 0x01U
#define CDC_SET_COMM_FEATURE 0x02U
#define CDC_GET_COMM_FEATURE 0x03U
#define CDC_CLEAR_COMM_FEATURE 0x04U
#define CDC_SET_AUX_LINE_STATE 0x10U
#define CDC_SET_HOOK_STATE 0x11U
#define CDC_PULSE_SETUP 0x12U
#define CDC_SEND_PULSE 0x13U
#define CDC_SET_PULSE_TIME 0x14U
#define CDC_RING_AUX_JACK 0x15U
#define CDC_SET_LINE_CODING 0x20U
#define CDC_GET_LINE_CODING 0x21U
#define CDC_SET_CONTROL_LINE_STATE 0x22U
#define CDC_SEND_BREAK 0x23U
#define CDC_SET_RINGER_PARMS 0x30U
#define CDC_GET_RINGER_PARMS 0x31U
#define CDC_SET_OPERATION_PARMS 0x32U
#define CDC_GET_OPERATION_PARMS 0x33U
#define CDC_SET_LINE_PARMS 0x34U
#define CDC_GET_LINE_PARMS 0x35U
#define CDC_DIAL_DIGITS 0x36U
#define CDC_SET_UNIT_PARAMETER 0x37U
#define CDC_GET_UNIT_PARAMETER 0x38U
#define CDC_CLEAR_UNIT_PARAMETER 0x39U
#define CDC_GET_PROFILE 0x3AU
#define CDC_SET_ETHERNET_MULTICAST_FILTERS 0x40U
#define CDC_SET_ETHERNET_POWER_MANAGEMENT_PATTERN FILTER 0x41U
#define CDC_GET_ETHERNET_POWER_MANAGEMENT_PATTERN FILTER 0x42U
#define CDC_SET_ETHERNET_PACKET_FILTER 0x43U
#define CDC_GET_ETHERNET_STATISTIC 0x44U
#define CDC_SET_ATM_DATA_FORMAT 0x50U
#define CDC_GET_ATM_DEVICE_STATISTICS 0x51U
#define CDC_SET_ATM_DEFAULT_VC 0x52U
#define CDC_GET_ATM_VC_STATISTICS 0x53U
/* wValue for SetControlLineState*/
#define CDC_ACTIVATE_CARRIER_SIGNAL_RTS 0x0002U
#define CDC_DEACTIVATE_CARRIER_SIGNAL_RTS 0x0000U
#define CDC_ACTIVATE_SIGNAL_DTR 0x0001U
#define CDC_DEACTIVATE_SIGNAL_DTR 0x0000U
#define LINE_CODING_STRUCTURE_SIZE 0x07U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/* States for CDC State Machine */
typedef enum
{
CDC_IDLE = 0U,
CDC_SEND_DATA,
CDC_SEND_DATA_WAIT,
CDC_RECEIVE_DATA,
CDC_RECEIVE_DATA_WAIT,
}
CDC_DataStateTypeDef;
typedef enum
{
CDC_IDLE_STATE = 0U,
CDC_SET_LINE_CODING_STATE,
CDC_GET_LAST_LINE_CODING_STATE,
CDC_TRANSFER_DATA,
CDC_ERROR_STATE,
}
CDC_StateTypeDef;
/*Line coding structure*/
typedef union _CDC_LineCodingStructure
{
uint8_t Array[LINE_CODING_STRUCTURE_SIZE];
struct
{
uint32_t dwDTERate; /*Data terminal rate, in bits per second*/
uint8_t bCharFormat; /*Stop bits
0 - 1 Stop bit
1 - 1.5 Stop bits
2 - 2 Stop bits*/
uint8_t bParityType; /* Parity
0 - None
1 - Odd
2 - Even
3 - Mark
4 - Space*/
uint8_t bDataBits; /* Data bits (5, 6, 7, 8 or 16). */
} b;
}
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef;
/* Header Functional Descriptor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Offset| field | Size | Value | Description
------|---------------------|-------|------------|------------------------------
0 | bFunctionLength | 1 | number | Size of this descriptor.
1 | bDescriptorType | 1 | Constant | CS_INTERFACE (0x24)
2 | bDescriptorSubtype | 1 | Constant | Identifier (ID) of functional
| | | | descriptor.
3 | bcdCDC | 2 | |
| | | Number | USB Class Definitions for
| | | | Communication Devices Specification
| | | | release number in binary-coded
| | | | decimal
------|---------------------|-------|------------|------------------------------
*/
typedef struct _FunctionalDescriptorHeader
{
uint8_t bLength; /*Size of this descriptor.*/
uint8_t bDescriptorType; /*CS_INTERFACE (0x24)*/
uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /* Header functional descriptor subtype as*/
uint16_t bcdCDC; /* USB Class Definitions for Communication
Devices Specification release number in
binary-coded decimal. */
}
CDC_HeaderFuncDesc_TypeDef;
/* Call Management Functional Descriptor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Offset| field | Size | Value | Description
------|---------------------|-------|------------|------------------------------
0 | bFunctionLength | 1 | number | Size of this descriptor.
1 | bDescriptorType | 1 | Constant | CS_INTERFACE (0x24)
2 | bDescriptorSubtype | 1 | Constant | Call Management functional
| | | | descriptor subtype.
3 | bmCapabilities | 1 | Bitmap | The capabilities that this configuration
| | | | supports:
| | | | D7..D2: RESERVED (Reset to zero)
| | | | D1: 0 - Device sends/receives call
| | | | management information only over
| | | | the Communication Class
| | | | interface.
| | | | 1 - Device can send/receive call
| \ | | management information over a
| | | | Data Class interface.
| | | | D0: 0 - Device does not handle call
| | | | management itself.
| | | | 1 - Device handles call
| | | | management itself.
| | | | The previous bits, in combination, identify
| | | | which call management scenario is used. If bit
| | | | D0 is reset to 0, then the value of bit D1 is
| | | | ignored. In this case, bit D1 is reset to zero for
| | | | future compatibility.
4 | bDataInterface | 1 | Number | Interface number of Data Class interface
| | | | optionally used for call management.
------|---------------------|-------|------------|------------------------------
*/
typedef struct _CallMgmtFunctionalDescriptor
{
uint8_t bLength; /*Size of this functional descriptor, in bytes.*/
uint8_t bDescriptorType; /*CS_INTERFACE (0x24)*/
uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /* Call Management functional descriptor subtype*/
uint8_t bmCapabilities; /* bmCapabilities: D0+D1 */
uint8_t bDataInterface; /*bDataInterface: 1*/
}
CDC_CallMgmtFuncDesc_TypeDef;
/* Abstract Control Management Functional Descriptor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Offset| field | Size | Value | Description
------|---------------------|-------|------------|------------------------------
0 | bFunctionLength | 1 | number | Size of functional descriptor, in bytes.
1 | bDescriptorType | 1 | Constant | CS_INTERFACE (0x24)
2 | bDescriptorSubtype | 1 | Constant | Abstract Control Management
| | | | functional descriptor subtype.
3 | bmCapabilities | 1 | Bitmap | The capabilities that this configuration
| | | | supports ((A bit value of zero means that the
| | | | request is not supported.) )
D7..D4: RESERVED (Reset to zero)
| | | | D3: 1 - Device supports the notification
| | | | Network_Connection.
| | | | D2: 1 - Device supports the request
| | | | Send_Break
| | | | D1: 1 - Device supports the request
| \ | | combination of Set_Line_Coding,
| | | | Set_Control_Line_State, Get_Line_Coding, and the
notification Serial_State.
| | | | D0: 1 - Device supports the request
| | | | combination of Set_Comm_Feature,
| | | | Clear_Comm_Feature, and Get_Comm_Feature.
| | | | The previous bits, in combination, identify
| | | | which requests/notifications are supported by
| | | | a Communication Class interface with the
| | | | SubClass code of Abstract Control Model.
------|---------------------|-------|------------|------------------------------
*/
typedef struct _AbstractCntrlMgmtFunctionalDescriptor
{
uint8_t bLength; /*Size of this functional descriptor, in bytes.*/
uint8_t bDescriptorType; /*CS_INTERFACE (0x24)*/
uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /* Abstract Control Management functional
descriptor subtype*/
uint8_t bmCapabilities; /* The capabilities that this configuration supports */
}
CDC_AbstCntrlMgmtFuncDesc_TypeDef;
/* Union Functional Descriptor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Offset| field | Size | Value | Description
------|---------------------|-------|------------|------------------------------
0 | bFunctionLength | 1 | number | Size of this descriptor.
1 | bDescriptorType | 1 | Constant | CS_INTERFACE (0x24)
2 | bDescriptorSubtype | 1 | Constant | Union functional
| | | | descriptor subtype.
3 | bMasterInterface | 1 | Constant | The interface number of the
| | | | Communication or Data Class interface
4 | bSlaveInterface0 | 1 | Number | nterface number of first slave or associated
| | | | interface in the union.
------|---------------------|-------|------------|------------------------------
*/
typedef struct _UnionFunctionalDescriptor
{
uint8_t bLength; /*Size of this functional descriptor, in bytes*/
uint8_t bDescriptorType; /*CS_INTERFACE (0x24)*/
uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /* Union functional descriptor SubType*/
uint8_t bMasterInterface; /* The interface number of the Communication or
Data Class interface,*/
uint8_t bSlaveInterface0; /*Interface number of first slave*/
}
CDC_UnionFuncDesc_TypeDef;
typedef struct _USBH_CDCInterfaceDesc
{
CDC_HeaderFuncDesc_TypeDef CDC_HeaderFuncDesc;
CDC_CallMgmtFuncDesc_TypeDef CDC_CallMgmtFuncDesc;
CDC_AbstCntrlMgmtFuncDesc_TypeDef CDC_AbstCntrlMgmtFuncDesc;
CDC_UnionFuncDesc_TypeDef CDC_UnionFuncDesc;
}
CDC_InterfaceDesc_Typedef;
/* Structure for CDC process */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t NotifPipe;
uint8_t NotifEp;
uint8_t buff[8];
uint16_t NotifEpSize;
}
CDC_CommItfTypedef;
typedef struct
{
uint8_t InPipe;
uint8_t OutPipe;
uint8_t OutEp;
uint8_t InEp;
uint8_t buff[8];
uint16_t OutEpSize;
uint16_t InEpSize;
}
CDC_DataItfTypedef;
/* Structure for CDC process */
typedef struct _CDC_Process
{
CDC_CommItfTypedef CommItf;
CDC_DataItfTypedef DataItf;
uint8_t *pTxData;
uint8_t *pRxData;
uint32_t TxDataLength;
uint32_t RxDataLength;
CDC_InterfaceDesc_Typedef CDC_Desc;
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef LineCoding;
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *pUserLineCoding;
CDC_StateTypeDef state;
CDC_DataStateTypeDef data_tx_state;
CDC_DataStateTypeDef data_rx_state;
uint8_t Rx_Poll;
}
CDC_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
extern USBH_ClassTypeDef CDC_Class;
#define USBH_CDC_CLASS &CDC_Class
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_SetLineCoding(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *linecoding);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_GetLineCoding(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *linecoding);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_Transmit(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *pbuff,
uint32_t length);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_Receive(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *pbuff,
uint32_t length);
uint16_t USBH_CDC_GetLastReceivedDataSize(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_Stop(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
void USBH_CDC_LineCodingChanged(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
void USBH_CDC_TransmitCallback(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
void USBH_CDC_ReceiveCallback(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBH_CDC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,831 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_cdc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file is the CDC Layer Handlers for USB Host CDC class.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
* @verbatim
*
* ===================================================================
* CDC Class Driver Description
* ===================================================================
* This driver manages the "Universal Serial Bus Class Definitions for Communications Devices
* Revision 1.2 November 16, 2007" and the sub-protocol specification of "Universal Serial Bus
* Communications Class Subclass Specification for PSTN Devices Revision 1.2 February 9, 2007"
* This driver implements the following aspects of the specification:
* - Device descriptor management
* - Configuration descriptor management
* - Enumeration as CDC device with 2 data endpoints (IN and OUT) and 1 command endpoint (IN)
* - Requests management (as described in section 6.2 in specification)
* - Abstract Control Model compliant
* - Union Functional collection (using 1 IN endpoint for control)
* - Data interface class
*
* @endverbatim
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* BSPDependencies
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}{nucleo_144}.c"
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}_io.c"
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}{adafruit}_sd.c"
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}{adafruit}_lcd.c"
- "stm32xxxxx_{eval}{discovery}_sdram.c"
EndBSPDependencies */
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_cdc.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_CLASS
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_CDC_CLASS
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE
* @brief This file includes CDC Layer Handlers for USB Host CDC class.
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#define USBH_CDC_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_InterfaceInit(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_InterfaceDeInit(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_Process(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_SOFProcess(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_ClassRequest(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
static USBH_StatusTypeDef GetLineCoding(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *linecoding);
static USBH_StatusTypeDef SetLineCoding(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *linecoding);
static void CDC_ProcessTransmission(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
static void CDC_ProcessReception(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_ClassTypeDef CDC_Class =
{
"CDC",
USB_CDC_CLASS,
USBH_CDC_InterfaceInit,
USBH_CDC_InterfaceDeInit,
USBH_CDC_ClassRequest,
USBH_CDC_Process,
USBH_CDC_SOFProcess,
NULL,
};
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CDC_CORE_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBH_CDC_InterfaceInit
* The function init the CDC class.
* @param phost: Host handle
* @retval USBH Status
*/
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_InterfaceInit(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
USBH_StatusTypeDef status;
uint8_t interface;
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle;
interface = USBH_FindInterface(phost, COMMUNICATION_INTERFACE_CLASS_CODE,
ABSTRACT_CONTROL_MODEL, COMMON_AT_COMMAND);
if ((interface == 0xFFU) || (interface >= USBH_MAX_NUM_INTERFACES)) /* No Valid Interface */
{
USBH_DbgLog("Cannot Find the interface for Communication Interface Class.", phost->pActiveClass->Name);
return USBH_FAIL;
}
status = USBH_SelectInterface(phost, interface);
if (status != USBH_OK)
{
return USBH_FAIL;
}
phost->pActiveClass->pData = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *)USBH_malloc(sizeof(CDC_HandleTypeDef));
CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
if (CDC_Handle == NULL)
{
USBH_DbgLog("Cannot allocate memory for CDC Handle");
return USBH_FAIL;
}
/* Initialize cdc handler */
(void)USBH_memset(CDC_Handle, 0, sizeof(CDC_HandleTypeDef));
/*Collect the notification endpoint address and length*/
if ((phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[0].bEndpointAddress & 0x80U) != 0U)
{
CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifEp = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[0].bEndpointAddress;
CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifEpSize = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[0].wMaxPacketSize;
}
/*Allocate the length for host channel number in*/
CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifPipe = USBH_AllocPipe(phost, CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifEp);
/* Open pipe for Notification endpoint */
(void)USBH_OpenPipe(phost, CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifPipe, CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifEp,
phost->device.address, phost->device.speed, USB_EP_TYPE_INTR,
CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifEpSize);
(void)USBH_LL_SetToggle(phost, CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifPipe, 0U);
interface = USBH_FindInterface(phost, DATA_INTERFACE_CLASS_CODE,
RESERVED, NO_CLASS_SPECIFIC_PROTOCOL_CODE);
if ((interface == 0xFFU) || (interface >= USBH_MAX_NUM_INTERFACES)) /* No Valid Interface */
{
USBH_DbgLog("Cannot Find the interface for Data Interface Class.", phost->pActiveClass->Name);
return USBH_FAIL;
}
/*Collect the class specific endpoint address and length*/
if ((phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[0].bEndpointAddress & 0x80U) != 0U)
{
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEp = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[0].bEndpointAddress;
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEpSize = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[0].wMaxPacketSize;
}
else
{
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEp = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[0].bEndpointAddress;
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEpSize = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[0].wMaxPacketSize;
}
if ((phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[1].bEndpointAddress & 0x80U) != 0U)
{
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEp = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[1].bEndpointAddress;
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEpSize = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[1].wMaxPacketSize;
}
else
{
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEp = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[1].bEndpointAddress;
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEpSize = phost->device.CfgDesc.Itf_Desc[interface].Ep_Desc[1].wMaxPacketSize;
}
/*Allocate the length for host channel number out*/
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe = USBH_AllocPipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEp);
/*Allocate the length for host channel number in*/
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe = USBH_AllocPipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEp);
/* Open channel for OUT endpoint */
(void)USBH_OpenPipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe, CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEp,
phost->device.address, phost->device.speed, USB_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEpSize);
/* Open channel for IN endpoint */
(void)USBH_OpenPipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEp,
phost->device.address, phost->device.speed, USB_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEpSize);
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_IDLE_STATE;
(void)USBH_LL_SetToggle(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe, 0U);
(void)USBH_LL_SetToggle(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe, 0U);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_CDC_InterfaceDeInit
* The function DeInit the Pipes used for the CDC class.
* @param phost: Host handle
* @retval USBH Status
*/
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_InterfaceDeInit(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
if ((CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifPipe) != 0U)
{
(void)USBH_ClosePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifPipe);
(void)USBH_FreePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifPipe);
CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifPipe = 0U; /* Reset the Channel as Free */
}
if ((CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe) != 0U)
{
(void)USBH_ClosePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe);
(void)USBH_FreePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe);
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe = 0U; /* Reset the Channel as Free */
}
if ((CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe) != 0U)
{
(void)USBH_ClosePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe);
(void)USBH_FreePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe);
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe = 0U; /* Reset the Channel as Free */
}
if ((phost->pActiveClass->pData) != NULL)
{
USBH_free(phost->pActiveClass->pData);
phost->pActiveClass->pData = 0U;
}
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_CDC_ClassRequest
* The function is responsible for handling Standard requests
* for CDC class.
* @param phost: Host handle
* @retval USBH Status
*/
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_ClassRequest(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
USBH_StatusTypeDef status;
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
/* Issue the get line coding request */
status = GetLineCoding(phost, &CDC_Handle->LineCoding);
if (status == USBH_OK)
{
phost->pUser(phost, HOST_USER_CLASS_ACTIVE);
}
else if (status == USBH_NOT_SUPPORTED)
{
USBH_ErrLog("Control error: CDC: Device Get Line Coding configuration failed");
}
else
{
/* .. */
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_CDC_Process
* The function is for managing state machine for CDC data transfers
* @param phost: Host handle
* @retval USBH Status
*/
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_Process(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
USBH_StatusTypeDef status = USBH_BUSY;
USBH_StatusTypeDef req_status = USBH_OK;
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
switch (CDC_Handle->state)
{
case CDC_IDLE_STATE:
status = USBH_OK;
break;
case CDC_SET_LINE_CODING_STATE:
req_status = SetLineCoding(phost, CDC_Handle->pUserLineCoding);
if (req_status == USBH_OK)
{
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_GET_LAST_LINE_CODING_STATE;
}
else
{
if (req_status != USBH_BUSY)
{
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_ERROR_STATE;
}
}
break;
case CDC_GET_LAST_LINE_CODING_STATE:
req_status = GetLineCoding(phost, &(CDC_Handle->LineCoding));
if (req_status == USBH_OK)
{
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_IDLE_STATE;
if ((CDC_Handle->LineCoding.b.bCharFormat == CDC_Handle->pUserLineCoding->b.bCharFormat) &&
(CDC_Handle->LineCoding.b.bDataBits == CDC_Handle->pUserLineCoding->b.bDataBits) &&
(CDC_Handle->LineCoding.b.bParityType == CDC_Handle->pUserLineCoding->b.bParityType) &&
(CDC_Handle->LineCoding.b.dwDTERate == CDC_Handle->pUserLineCoding->b.dwDTERate))
{
USBH_CDC_LineCodingChanged(phost);
}
}
else
{
if (req_status != USBH_BUSY)
{
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_ERROR_STATE;
}
}
break;
case CDC_TRANSFER_DATA:
CDC_ProcessTransmission(phost);
CDC_ProcessReception(phost);
break;
case CDC_ERROR_STATE:
req_status = USBH_ClrFeature(phost, 0x00U);
if (req_status == USBH_OK)
{
/*Change the state to waiting*/
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_IDLE_STATE;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_CDC_SOFProcess
* The function is for managing SOF callback
* @param phost: Host handle
* @retval USBH Status
*/
static USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_SOFProcess(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(phost);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_CDC_Stop
* Stop current CDC Transmission
* @param phost: Host handle
* @retval USBH Status
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_Stop(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
if (phost->gState == HOST_CLASS)
{
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_IDLE_STATE;
(void)USBH_ClosePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->CommItf.NotifPipe);
(void)USBH_ClosePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe);
(void)USBH_ClosePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe);
}
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This request allows the host to find out the currently
* configured line coding.
* @param pdev: Selected device
* @retval USBH_StatusTypeDef : USB ctl xfer status
*/
static USBH_StatusTypeDef GetLineCoding(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *linecoding)
{
phost->Control.setup.b.bmRequestType = USB_D2H | USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS | \
USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_INTERFACE;
phost->Control.setup.b.bRequest = CDC_GET_LINE_CODING;
phost->Control.setup.b.wValue.w = 0U;
phost->Control.setup.b.wIndex.w = 0U;
phost->Control.setup.b.wLength.w = LINE_CODING_STRUCTURE_SIZE;
return USBH_CtlReq(phost, linecoding->Array, LINE_CODING_STRUCTURE_SIZE);
}
/**
* @brief This request allows the host to specify typical asynchronous
* line-character formatting properties
* This request applies to asynchronous byte stream data class interfaces
* and endpoints
* @param pdev: Selected device
* @retval USBH_StatusTypeDef : USB ctl xfer status
*/
static USBH_StatusTypeDef SetLineCoding(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *linecoding)
{
phost->Control.setup.b.bmRequestType = USB_H2D | USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS |
USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_INTERFACE;
phost->Control.setup.b.bRequest = CDC_SET_LINE_CODING;
phost->Control.setup.b.wValue.w = 0U;
phost->Control.setup.b.wIndex.w = 0U;
phost->Control.setup.b.wLength.w = LINE_CODING_STRUCTURE_SIZE;
return USBH_CtlReq(phost, linecoding->Array, LINE_CODING_STRUCTURE_SIZE);
}
/**
* @brief This function prepares the state before issuing the class specific commands
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_SetLineCoding(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *linecoding)
{
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
if (phost->gState == HOST_CLASS)
{
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_SET_LINE_CODING_STATE;
CDC_Handle->pUserLineCoding = linecoding;
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
USBH_OS_PutMessage(phost, USBH_CLASS_EVENT, 0U, 0U);
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
}
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function prepares the state before issuing the class specific commands
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_GetLineCoding(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
CDC_LineCodingTypeDef *linecoding)
{
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
if ((phost->gState == HOST_CLASS) || (phost->gState == HOST_CLASS_REQUEST))
{
*linecoding = CDC_Handle->LineCoding;
return USBH_OK;
}
else
{
return USBH_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function return last received data size
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
uint16_t USBH_CDC_GetLastReceivedDataSize(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
uint32_t dataSize;
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
if (phost->gState == HOST_CLASS)
{
dataSize = USBH_LL_GetLastXferSize(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe);
}
else
{
dataSize = 0U;
}
return (uint16_t)dataSize;
}
/**
* @brief This function prepares the state before issuing the class specific commands
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_Transmit(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t *pbuff, uint32_t length)
{
USBH_StatusTypeDef Status = USBH_BUSY;
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
if ((CDC_Handle->state == CDC_IDLE_STATE) || (CDC_Handle->state == CDC_TRANSFER_DATA))
{
CDC_Handle->pTxData = pbuff;
CDC_Handle->TxDataLength = length;
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_TRANSFER_DATA;
CDC_Handle->data_tx_state = CDC_SEND_DATA;
Status = USBH_OK;
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
USBH_OS_PutMessage(phost, USBH_CLASS_EVENT, 0U, 0U);
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
}
return Status;
}
/**
* @brief This function prepares the state before issuing the class specific commands
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CDC_Receive(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t *pbuff, uint32_t length)
{
USBH_StatusTypeDef Status = USBH_BUSY;
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
if ((CDC_Handle->state == CDC_IDLE_STATE) || (CDC_Handle->state == CDC_TRANSFER_DATA))
{
CDC_Handle->pRxData = pbuff;
CDC_Handle->RxDataLength = length;
CDC_Handle->state = CDC_TRANSFER_DATA;
CDC_Handle->data_rx_state = CDC_RECEIVE_DATA;
Status = USBH_OK;
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
USBH_OS_PutMessage(phost, USBH_CLASS_EVENT, 0U, 0U);
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
}
return Status;
}
/**
* @brief The function is responsible for sending data to the device
* @param pdev: Selected device
* @retval None
*/
static void CDC_ProcessTransmission(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
USBH_URBStateTypeDef URB_Status = USBH_URB_IDLE;
switch (CDC_Handle->data_tx_state)
{
case CDC_SEND_DATA:
if (CDC_Handle->TxDataLength > CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEpSize)
{
(void)USBH_BulkSendData(phost,
CDC_Handle->pTxData,
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEpSize,
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe,
1U);
}
else
{
(void)USBH_BulkSendData(phost,
CDC_Handle->pTxData,
(uint16_t)CDC_Handle->TxDataLength,
CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe,
1U);
}
CDC_Handle->data_tx_state = CDC_SEND_DATA_WAIT;
break;
case CDC_SEND_DATA_WAIT:
URB_Status = USBH_LL_GetURBState(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutPipe);
/* Check the status done for transmission */
if (URB_Status == USBH_URB_DONE)
{
if (CDC_Handle->TxDataLength > CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEpSize)
{
CDC_Handle->TxDataLength -= CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEpSize;
CDC_Handle->pTxData += CDC_Handle->DataItf.OutEpSize;
}
else
{
CDC_Handle->TxDataLength = 0U;
}
if (CDC_Handle->TxDataLength > 0U)
{
CDC_Handle->data_tx_state = CDC_SEND_DATA;
}
else
{
CDC_Handle->data_tx_state = CDC_IDLE;
USBH_CDC_TransmitCallback(phost);
}
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
USBH_OS_PutMessage(phost, USBH_CLASS_EVENT, 0U, 0U);
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
}
else
{
if (URB_Status == USBH_URB_NOTREADY)
{
CDC_Handle->data_tx_state = CDC_SEND_DATA;
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
USBH_OS_PutMessage(phost, USBH_CLASS_EVENT, 0U, 0U);
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
}
}
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function responsible for reception of data from the device
* @param pdev: Selected device
* @retval None
*/
static void CDC_ProcessReception(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
CDC_HandleTypeDef *CDC_Handle = (CDC_HandleTypeDef *) phost->pActiveClass->pData;
USBH_URBStateTypeDef URB_Status = USBH_URB_IDLE;
uint32_t length;
switch (CDC_Handle->data_rx_state)
{
case CDC_RECEIVE_DATA:
(void)USBH_BulkReceiveData(phost,
CDC_Handle->pRxData,
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEpSize,
CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe);
#if defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U)
phost->NakTimer = phost->Timer;
#endif /* defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U) */
CDC_Handle->data_rx_state = CDC_RECEIVE_DATA_WAIT;
break;
case CDC_RECEIVE_DATA_WAIT:
URB_Status = USBH_LL_GetURBState(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe);
/*Check the status done for reception*/
if (URB_Status == USBH_URB_DONE)
{
length = USBH_LL_GetLastXferSize(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe);
if (((CDC_Handle->RxDataLength - length) > 0U) && (length == CDC_Handle->DataItf.InEpSize))
{
CDC_Handle->RxDataLength -= length;
CDC_Handle->pRxData += length;
CDC_Handle->data_rx_state = CDC_RECEIVE_DATA;
}
else
{
CDC_Handle->data_rx_state = CDC_IDLE;
USBH_CDC_ReceiveCallback(phost);
}
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
USBH_OS_PutMessage(phost, USBH_CLASS_EVENT, 0U, 0U);
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
}
#if defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U)
else if (URB_Status == USBH_URB_NAK_WAIT)
{
CDC_Handle->data_rx_state = CDC_RECEIVE_DATA_WAIT;
if ((phost->Timer - phost->NakTimer) > phost->NakTimeout)
{
phost->NakTimer = phost->Timer;
USBH_ActivatePipe(phost, CDC_Handle->DataItf.InPipe);
}
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
USBH_OS_PutMessage(phost, USBH_CLASS_EVENT, 0U, 0U);
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
}
#endif /* defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U) */
else
{
/* .. */
}
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/**
* @brief The function informs user that data have been received
* @param pdev: Selected device
* @retval None
*/
__weak void USBH_CDC_TransmitCallback(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(phost);
}
/**
* @brief The function informs user that data have been sent
* @param pdev: Selected device
* @retval None
*/
__weak void USBH_CDC_ReceiveCallback(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(phost);
}
/**
* @brief The function informs user that Settings have been changed
* @param pdev: Selected device
* @retval None
*/
__weak void USBH_CDC_LineCodingChanged(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(phost);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_core.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file for usbh_core.c
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive ----------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBH_CORE_H
#define __USBH_CORE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_conf.h"
#include "usbh_def.h"
#include "usbh_ioreq.h"
#include "usbh_pipes.h"
#include "usbh_ctlreq.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB_CORE
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CORE
* @brief This file is the Header file for usbh_core.c
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CORE_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#define HOST_USER_SELECT_CONFIGURATION 0x01U
#define HOST_USER_CLASS_ACTIVE 0x02U
#define HOST_USER_CLASS_SELECTED 0x03U
#define HOST_USER_CONNECTION 0x04U
#define HOST_USER_DISCONNECTION 0x05U
#define HOST_USER_UNRECOVERED_ERROR 0x06U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CORE_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CORE_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CORE_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_Init(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
void (*pUsrFunc)(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t id), uint8_t id);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_DeInit(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_Start(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_Stop(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_Process(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_ReEnumerate(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_RegisterClass(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, USBH_ClassTypeDef *pclass);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_SelectInterface(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t interface);
uint8_t USBH_FindInterfaceIndex(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t interface_number, uint8_t alt_settings);
uint8_t USBH_FindInterface(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t Class, uint8_t SubClass, uint8_t Protocol);
uint8_t USBH_GetActiveClass(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
uint8_t USBH_IsPortEnabled(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
/* USBH Low Level Driver */
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_Init(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_DeInit(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_Start(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_Stop(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_Connect(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_Disconnect(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_SpeedTypeDef USBH_LL_GetSpeed(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_ResetPort(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
uint32_t USBH_LL_GetLastXferSize(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_DriverVBUS(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t state);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_OpenPipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t pipe,
uint8_t epnum,
uint8_t dev_address,
uint8_t speed,
uint8_t ep_type,
uint16_t mps);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_ActivatePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_ClosePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_SubmitURB(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t pipe,
uint8_t direction,
uint8_t ep_type,
uint8_t token,
uint8_t *pbuff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t do_ping);
USBH_URBStateTypeDef USBH_LL_GetURBState(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe);
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_NotifyURBChange(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
void USBH_OS_PutMessage(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, USBH_OSEventTypeDef message, uint32_t timeout, uint32_t priority);
#endif /*(USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_LL_SetToggle(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe, uint8_t toggle);
uint8_t USBH_LL_GetToggle(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe);
void USBH_LL_PortDisabled(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
void USBH_LL_PortEnabled(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
/* USBH Time base */
void USBH_LL_SetTimer(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint32_t time);
void USBH_LL_IncTimer(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
void USBH_Delay(uint32_t Delay);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBH_CORE_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_ctlreq.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file for usbh_ctlreq.c
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive ----------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBH_CTLREQ_H
#define __USBH_CTLREQ_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_core.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB_CORE
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CTLREQ
* @brief This file is the
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CTLREQ_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/*Standard Feature Selector for clear feature command*/
#define FEATURE_SELECTOR_ENDPOINT 0x00U
#define FEATURE_SELECTOR_DEVICE 0x01U
#define FEATURE_SELECTOR_REMOTEWAKEUP 0X01U
#define INTERFACE_DESC_TYPE 0x04U
#define ENDPOINT_DESC_TYPE 0x05U
#define INTERFACE_DESC_SIZE 0x09U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CTLREQ_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CTLREQ_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CTLREQ_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
extern uint8_t USBH_CfgDesc[512];
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_CTLREQ_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CtlReq(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_GetDescriptor(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t req_type, uint16_t value_idx,
uint8_t *buff, uint16_t length);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_Get_DevDesc(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint16_t length);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_Get_StringDesc(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t string_index, uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_SetCfg(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint16_t cfg_idx);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_Get_CfgDesc(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint16_t length);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_SetAddress(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t DeviceAddress);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_SetInterface(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t ep_num,
uint8_t altSetting);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_SetFeature(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t wValue);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_ClrFeature(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t ep_num);
USBH_DescHeader_t *USBH_GetNextDesc(uint8_t *pbuf, uint16_t *ptr);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBH_CTLREQ_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_def.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Definitions used in the USB host library
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive ----------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef USBH_DEF_H
#define USBH_DEF_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_conf.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB_CORE
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_DEF
* @brief This file is includes USB descriptors
* @{
*/
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0U
#endif
#ifndef FALSE
#define FALSE 0U
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1U
#endif
#ifndef USBH_DEV_RESET_TIMEOUT
#define USBH_DEV_RESET_TIMEOUT 1000U
#endif
#define ValBit(VAR,POS) (VAR & (1 << POS))
#define SetBit(VAR,POS) (VAR |= (1 << POS))
#define ClrBit(VAR,POS) (VAR &= ((1 << POS)^255))
#ifndef MIN
#define MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#ifndef MAX
#define MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#define LE16(addr) (((uint16_t)(addr)[0]) | \
((uint16_t)(((uint32_t)(addr)[1]) << 8)))
#define LE24(addr) (((uint32_t)(addr)[0]) | \
(((uint32_t)(addr)[1]) << 8) | \
(((uint32_t)(addr)[2]) << 16))
#define LE32(addr) (((uint32_t)(addr)[0]) | \
(((uint32_t)(addr)[1]) << 8) | \
(((uint32_t)(addr)[2]) << 16) | \
(((uint32_t)(addr)[3]) << 24))
#define LE64(addr) (((uint64_t)(addr)[0]) | \
(((uint64_t)(addr)[1]) << 8) | \
(((uint64_t)(addr)[2]) << 16) | \
(((uint64_t)(addr)[3]) << 24) | \
(((uint64_t)(addr)[4]) << 32) | \
(((uint64_t)(addr)[5]) << 40) | \
(((uint64_t)(addr)[6]) << 48) | \
(((uint64_t)(addr)[7]) << 56))
#define LE16S(addr) ((int16_t)(LE16((addr))))
#define LE24S(addr) ((int32_t)(LE24((addr))))
#define LE32S(addr) ((int32_t)(LE32((addr))))
#define LE64S(addr) ((int64_t)(LE64((addr))))
#ifndef USBH_MAX_DATA_BUFFER
#define USBH_MAX_DATA_BUFFER 0x400U
#endif
#define USBH_MAX_EP_PACKET_SIZE 0x400U
#define USB_LEN_DESC_HDR 0x02U
#define USB_LEN_DEV_DESC 0x12U
#define USB_LEN_CFG_DESC 0x09U
#define USB_LEN_IF_DESC 0x09U
#define USB_LEN_EP_DESC 0x07U
#define USB_LEN_OTG_DESC 0x03U
#define USB_LEN_SETUP_PKT 0x08U
/* bmRequestType :D7 Data Phase Transfer Direction */
#define USB_REQ_DIR_MASK 0x80U
#define USB_H2D 0x00U
#define USB_D2H 0x80U
/* bmRequestType D6..5 Type */
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_STANDARD 0x00U
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS 0x20U
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_VENDOR 0x40U
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_RESERVED 0x60U
/* bmRequestType D4..0 Recipient */
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_DEVICE 0x00U
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_INTERFACE 0x01U
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_ENDPOINT 0x02U
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_OTHER 0x03U
/* Table 9-4. Standard Request Codes */
/* bRequest , Value */
#define USB_REQ_GET_STATUS 0x00U
#define USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE 0x01U
#define USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE 0x03U
#define USB_REQ_SET_ADDRESS 0x05U
#define USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR 0x06U
#define USB_REQ_SET_DESCRIPTOR 0x07U
#define USB_REQ_GET_CONFIGURATION 0x08U
#define USB_REQ_SET_CONFIGURATION 0x09U
#define USB_REQ_GET_INTERFACE 0x0AU
#define USB_REQ_SET_INTERFACE 0x0BU
#define USB_REQ_SYNCH_FRAME 0x0CU
/* Table 9-5. Descriptor Types of USB Specifications */
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE 0x01U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION 0x02U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING 0x03U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE 0x04U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT 0x05U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE_QUALIFIER 0x06U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION 0x07U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE_POWER 0x08U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_HID 0x21U
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_HID_REPORT 0x22U
#define USB_DEVICE_DESC_SIZE 0x12U
#define USB_CONFIGURATION_DESC_SIZE 0x09U
#define USB_HID_DESC_SIZE 0x09U
#define USB_INTERFACE_DESC_SIZE 0x09U
#define USB_ENDPOINT_DESC_SIZE 0x07U
/* Descriptor Type and Descriptor Index */
/* Use the following values when calling the function USBH_GetDescriptor */
#define USB_DESC_DEVICE ((USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_CONFIGURATION ((USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_STRING ((USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_INTERFACE ((USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_ENDPOINT ((USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_DEVICE_QUALIFIER ((USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE_QUALIFIER << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION ((USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_INTERFACE_POWER ((USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE_POWER << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_HID_REPORT ((USB_DESC_TYPE_HID_REPORT << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_DESC_HID ((USB_DESC_TYPE_HID << 8) & 0xFF00U)
#define USB_EP_TYPE_CTRL 0x00U
#define USB_EP_TYPE_ISOC 0x01U
#define USB_EP_TYPE_BULK 0x02U
#define USB_EP_TYPE_INTR 0x03U
#define USB_EP_DIR_OUT 0x00U
#define USB_EP_DIR_IN 0x80U
#define USB_EP_DIR_MSK 0x80U
#ifndef USBH_MAX_PIPES_NBR
#define USBH_MAX_PIPES_NBR 16U
#endif /* USBH_MAX_PIPES_NBR */
#ifndef USBH_NAK_SOF_COUNT
#define USBH_NAK_SOF_COUNT 0x01U
#endif /* USBH_NAK_SOF_COUNT */
#define USBH_DEVICE_ADDRESS_DEFAULT 0x00U
#define USBH_DEVICE_ADDRESS 0x01U
#define USBH_MAX_ERROR_COUNT 0x02U
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
#define MSGQUEUE_OBJECTS 0x10U
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
/**
* @}
*/
#define USBH_CONFIGURATION_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE (USB_CONFIGURATION_DESC_SIZE \
+ USB_INTERFACE_DESC_SIZE\
+ (USBH_MAX_NUM_ENDPOINTS * USB_ENDPOINT_DESC_SIZE))
#define CONFIG_DESC_wTOTAL_LENGTH (ConfigurationDescriptorData.ConfigDescfield.\
ConfigurationDescriptor.wTotalLength)
typedef union
{
uint16_t w;
struct BW
{
uint8_t msb;
uint8_t lsb;
}
bw;
}
uint16_t_uint8_t;
typedef union _USB_Setup
{
uint32_t d8[2];
struct _SetupPkt_Struc
{
uint8_t bmRequestType;
uint8_t bRequest;
uint16_t_uint8_t wValue;
uint16_t_uint8_t wIndex;
uint16_t_uint8_t wLength;
} b;
}
USB_Setup_TypeDef;
typedef struct _DescHeader
{
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
}
USBH_DescHeader_t;
typedef struct _DeviceDescriptor
{
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint16_t bcdUSB; /* USB Specification Number which device complies too */
uint8_t bDeviceClass;
uint8_t bDeviceSubClass;
uint8_t bDeviceProtocol;
/* If equal to Zero, each interface specifies its own class
code if equal to 0xFF, the class code is vendor specified.
Otherwise field is valid Class Code.*/
uint8_t bMaxPacketSize;
uint16_t idVendor; /* Vendor ID (Assigned by USB Org) */
uint16_t idProduct; /* Product ID (Assigned by Manufacturer) */
uint16_t bcdDevice; /* Device Release Number */
uint8_t iManufacturer; /* Index of Manufacturer String Descriptor */
uint8_t iProduct; /* Index of Product String Descriptor */
uint8_t iSerialNumber; /* Index of Serial Number String Descriptor */
uint8_t bNumConfigurations; /* Number of Possible Configurations */
}
USBH_DevDescTypeDef;
typedef struct _EndpointDescriptor
{
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint8_t bEndpointAddress; /* indicates what endpoint this descriptor is describing */
uint8_t bmAttributes; /* specifies the transfer type. */
uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /* Maximum Packet Size this endpoint is capable of sending or receiving */
uint8_t bInterval; /* is used to specify the polling interval of certain transfers. */
}
USBH_EpDescTypeDef;
typedef struct _InterfaceDescriptor
{
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint8_t bInterfaceNumber;
uint8_t bAlternateSetting; /* Value used to select alternative setting */
uint8_t bNumEndpoints; /* Number of Endpoints used for this interface */
uint8_t bInterfaceClass; /* Class Code (Assigned by USB Org) */
uint8_t bInterfaceSubClass; /* Subclass Code (Assigned by USB Org) */
uint8_t bInterfaceProtocol; /* Protocol Code */
uint8_t iInterface; /* Index of String Descriptor Describing this interface */
USBH_EpDescTypeDef Ep_Desc[USBH_MAX_NUM_ENDPOINTS];
}
USBH_InterfaceDescTypeDef;
typedef struct _ConfigurationDescriptor
{
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint16_t wTotalLength; /* Total Length of Data Returned */
uint8_t bNumInterfaces; /* Number of Interfaces */
uint8_t bConfigurationValue; /* Value to use as an argument to select this configuration*/
uint8_t iConfiguration; /* Index of String Descriptor Describing this configuration */
uint8_t bmAttributes; /* D7 Bus Powered , D6 Self Powered, D5 Remote Wakeup , D4..0 Reserved (0)*/
uint8_t bMaxPower; /* Maximum Power Consumption */
USBH_InterfaceDescTypeDef Itf_Desc[USBH_MAX_NUM_INTERFACES];
}
USBH_CfgDescTypeDef;
/* Following USB Host status */
typedef enum
{
USBH_OK = 0,
USBH_BUSY,
USBH_FAIL,
USBH_NOT_SUPPORTED,
USBH_UNRECOVERED_ERROR,
USBH_ERROR_SPEED_UNKNOWN,
} USBH_StatusTypeDef;
/** @defgroup USBH_CORE_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
typedef enum
{
USBH_SPEED_HIGH = 0U,
USBH_SPEED_FULL = 1U,
USBH_SPEED_LOW = 2U,
} USBH_SpeedTypeDef;
/* Following states are used for gState */
typedef enum
{
HOST_IDLE = 0U,
HOST_DEV_WAIT_FOR_ATTACHMENT,
HOST_DEV_ATTACHED,
HOST_DEV_DISCONNECTED,
HOST_DETECT_DEVICE_SPEED,
HOST_ENUMERATION,
HOST_CLASS_REQUEST,
HOST_INPUT,
HOST_SET_CONFIGURATION,
HOST_SET_WAKEUP_FEATURE,
HOST_CHECK_CLASS,
HOST_CLASS,
HOST_SUSPENDED,
HOST_ABORT_STATE,
} HOST_StateTypeDef;
/* Following states are used for EnumerationState */
typedef enum
{
ENUM_IDLE = 0U,
ENUM_GET_FULL_DEV_DESC,
ENUM_SET_ADDR,
ENUM_GET_CFG_DESC,
ENUM_GET_FULL_CFG_DESC,
ENUM_GET_MFC_STRING_DESC,
ENUM_GET_PRODUCT_STRING_DESC,
ENUM_GET_SERIALNUM_STRING_DESC,
} ENUM_StateTypeDef;
/* Following states are used for CtrlXferStateMachine */
typedef enum
{
CTRL_IDLE = 0U,
CTRL_SETUP,
CTRL_SETUP_WAIT,
CTRL_DATA_IN,
CTRL_DATA_IN_WAIT,
CTRL_DATA_OUT,
CTRL_DATA_OUT_WAIT,
CTRL_STATUS_IN,
CTRL_STATUS_IN_WAIT,
CTRL_STATUS_OUT,
CTRL_STATUS_OUT_WAIT,
CTRL_ERROR,
CTRL_STALLED,
CTRL_COMPLETE
} CTRL_StateTypeDef;
/* Following states are used for RequestState */
typedef enum
{
CMD_IDLE = 0U,
CMD_SEND,
CMD_WAIT
} CMD_StateTypeDef;
typedef enum
{
USBH_URB_IDLE = 0U,
USBH_URB_DONE,
USBH_URB_NOTREADY,
USBH_URB_NYET,
USBH_URB_ERROR,
USBH_URB_STALL,
USBH_URB_NAK_WAIT
} USBH_URBStateTypeDef;
typedef enum
{
USBH_PORT_EVENT = 1U,
USBH_URB_EVENT,
USBH_CONTROL_EVENT,
USBH_CLASS_EVENT,
USBH_STATE_CHANGED_EVENT,
}
USBH_OSEventTypeDef;
/* Control request structure */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t pipe_in;
uint8_t pipe_out;
uint8_t pipe_size;
uint8_t *buff;
uint16_t length;
uint16_t timer;
USB_Setup_TypeDef setup;
CTRL_StateTypeDef state;
uint8_t errorcount;
} USBH_CtrlTypeDef;
/* Attached device structure */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t CfgDesc_Raw[USBH_MAX_SIZE_CONFIGURATION];
uint8_t Data[USBH_MAX_DATA_BUFFER];
uint8_t address;
uint8_t speed;
uint8_t EnumCnt;
uint8_t RstCnt;
__IO uint8_t is_connected;
__IO uint8_t is_disconnected;
__IO uint8_t is_ReEnumerated;
__IO uint8_t PortEnabled;
uint8_t current_interface;
USBH_DevDescTypeDef DevDesc;
USBH_CfgDescTypeDef CfgDesc;
} USBH_DeviceTypeDef;
struct _USBH_HandleTypeDef;
/* USB Host Class structure */
typedef struct
{
const char *Name;
uint8_t ClassCode;
USBH_StatusTypeDef(*Init)(struct _USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef(*DeInit)(struct _USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef(*Requests)(struct _USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef(*BgndProcess)(struct _USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
USBH_StatusTypeDef(*SOFProcess)(struct _USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
void *pData;
} USBH_ClassTypeDef;
/* USB Host handle structure */
typedef struct _USBH_HandleTypeDef
{
__IO HOST_StateTypeDef gState; /* Host State Machine Value */
ENUM_StateTypeDef EnumState; /* Enumeration state Machine */
CMD_StateTypeDef RequestState;
USBH_CtrlTypeDef Control;
USBH_DeviceTypeDef device;
USBH_ClassTypeDef *pClass[USBH_MAX_NUM_SUPPORTED_CLASS];
USBH_ClassTypeDef *pActiveClass;
uint32_t ClassNumber;
uint32_t Pipes[16];
__IO uint32_t Timer;
#if defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U)
uint32_t NakTimer;
uint32_t NakTimeout;
#endif /* defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U) */
uint32_t Timeout;
uint8_t id;
void *pData;
void (* pUser)(struct _USBH_HandleTypeDef *pHandle, uint8_t id);
#if (USBH_USE_OS == 1U)
#if osCMSIS < 0x20000
osMessageQId os_event;
osThreadId thread;
#else
osMessageQueueId_t os_event;
osThreadId_t thread;
#endif
uint32_t os_msg;
#endif /* (USBH_USE_OS == 1U) */
} USBH_HandleTypeDef;
#if defined ( __GNUC__ )
#ifndef __weak
#define __weak __attribute__((weak))
#endif /* __weak */
#ifndef __packed
#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
#endif /* __packed */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* USBH_DEF_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_ioreq.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file for usbh_ioreq.c
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive ----------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBH_IOREQ_H
#define __USBH_IOREQ_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_conf.h"
#include "usbh_core.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB_CORE
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ
* @brief This file is the header file for usbh_ioreq.c
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
#define USBH_PID_SETUP 0U
#define USBH_PID_DATA 1U
#define USBH_EP_CONTROL 0U
#define USBH_EP_ISO 1U
#define USBH_EP_BULK 2U
#define USBH_EP_INTERRUPT 3U
#define USBH_SETUP_PKT_SIZE 8U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CtlSendSetup(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint8_t pipe_num);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CtlSendData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num,
uint8_t do_ping);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CtlReceiveData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_BulkReceiveData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_BulkSendData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num,
uint8_t do_ping);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_InterruptReceiveData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint8_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_InterruptSendData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint8_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_IsocReceiveData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint32_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_IsocSendData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint32_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBH_IOREQ_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_pipes.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file for usbh_pipes.c
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive ----------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBH_PIPES_H
#define __USBH_PIPES_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_core.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB_CORE
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES
* @brief This file is the header file for usbh_pipes.c
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_OpenPipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t pipe_num,
uint8_t epnum,
uint8_t dev_address,
uint8_t speed,
uint8_t ep_type,
uint16_t mps);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_ClosePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t pipe_num);
uint8_t USBH_AllocPipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t ep_addr);
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_FreePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t idx);
#if defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U)
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_ActivatePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t pipe_num);
#endif /* defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U) */
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBH_PIPES_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_ioreq.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file handles the issuing of the USB transactions
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_ioreq.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB_CORE
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ
* @brief This file handles the standard protocol processing (USB v2.0)
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_IOREQ_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBH_CtlSendSetup
* Sends the Setup Packet to the Device
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer from which the Data will be send to Device
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CtlSendSetup(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint8_t pipe_num)
{
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
0U, /* Direction : OUT */
USBH_EP_CONTROL, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_SETUP, /* Type setup */
buff, /* data buffer */
USBH_SETUP_PKT_SIZE, /* data length */
0U);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_CtlSendData
* Sends a data Packet to the Device
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer from which the Data will be sent to Device
* @param length: Length of the data to be sent
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CtlSendData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num,
uint8_t do_ping)
{
if (phost->device.speed != USBH_SPEED_HIGH)
{
do_ping = 0U;
}
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
0U, /* Direction : OUT */
USBH_EP_CONTROL, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_DATA, /* Type Data */
buff, /* data buffer */
length, /* data length */
do_ping); /* do ping (HS Only)*/
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_CtlReceiveData
* Receives the Device Response to the Setup Packet
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer in which the response needs to be copied
* @param length: Length of the data to be received
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status.
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_CtlReceiveData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num)
{
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
1U, /* Direction : IN */
USBH_EP_CONTROL, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_DATA, /* Type Data */
buff, /* data buffer */
length, /* data length */
0U);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_BulkSendData
* Sends the Bulk Packet to the device
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer from which the Data will be sent to Device
* @param length: Length of the data to be sent
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_BulkSendData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num,
uint8_t do_ping)
{
if (phost->device.speed != USBH_SPEED_HIGH)
{
do_ping = 0U;
}
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
0U, /* Direction : IN */
USBH_EP_BULK, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_DATA, /* Type Data */
buff, /* data buffer */
length, /* data length */
do_ping); /* do ping (HS Only)*/
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_BulkReceiveData
* Receives IN bulk packet from device
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer in which the received data packet to be copied
* @param length: Length of the data to be received
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status.
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_BulkReceiveData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint16_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num)
{
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
1U, /* Direction : IN */
USBH_EP_BULK, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_DATA, /* Type Data */
buff, /* data buffer */
length, /* data length */
0U);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_InterruptReceiveData
* Receives the Device Response to the Interrupt IN token
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer in which the response needs to be copied
* @param length: Length of the data to be received
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status.
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_InterruptReceiveData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint8_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num)
{
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
1U, /* Direction : IN */
USBH_EP_INTERRUPT, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_DATA, /* Type Data */
buff, /* data buffer */
(uint16_t)length, /* data length */
0U);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_InterruptSendData
* Sends the data on Interrupt OUT Endpoint
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer from where the data needs to be copied
* @param length: Length of the data to be sent
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status.
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_InterruptSendData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint8_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num)
{
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
0U, /* Direction : OUT */
USBH_EP_INTERRUPT, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_DATA, /* Type Data */
buff, /* data buffer */
(uint16_t)length, /* data length */
0U);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_IsocReceiveData
* Receives the Device Response to the Isochronous IN token
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer in which the response needs to be copied
* @param length: Length of the data to be received
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status.
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_IsocReceiveData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint32_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num)
{
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
1U, /* Direction : IN */
USBH_EP_ISO, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_DATA, /* Type Data */
buff, /* data buffer */
(uint16_t)length, /* data length */
0U);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_IsocSendData
* Sends the data on Isochronous OUT Endpoint
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param buff: Buffer pointer from where the data needs to be copied
* @param length: Length of the data to be sent
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status.
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_IsocSendData(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost,
uint8_t *buff,
uint32_t length,
uint8_t pipe_num)
{
(void)USBH_LL_SubmitURB(phost, /* Driver handle */
pipe_num, /* Pipe index */
0U, /* Direction : OUT */
USBH_EP_ISO, /* EP type */
USBH_PID_DATA, /* Type Data */
buff, /* data buffer */
(uint16_t)length, /* data length */
0U);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbh_pipes.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file implements functions for opening and closing Pipes
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbh_pipes.h"
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USBH_LIB_CORE
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES
* @brief This file includes opening and closing Pipes
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBH_PIPES_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
static uint16_t USBH_GetFreePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost);
/**
* @brief USBH_Open_Pipe
* Open a pipe
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @param dev_address: USB Device address allocated to attached device
* @param speed : USB device speed (Full/Low)
* @param ep_type: end point type (Bulk/int/ctl)
* @param mps: max pkt size
* @retval USBH Status
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_OpenPipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe_num,
uint8_t epnum, uint8_t dev_address,
uint8_t speed, uint8_t ep_type, uint16_t mps)
{
(void)USBH_LL_OpenPipe(phost, pipe_num, epnum, dev_address, speed, ep_type, mps);
return USBH_OK;
}
#if defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U)
/**
* @brief USBH_ActivatePipe
* Activate a pipe
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_ActivatePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe_num)
{
USBH_LL_ActivatePipe(phost, pipe_num);
return USBH_OK;
}
#endif /* defined (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS) && (USBH_IN_NAK_PROCESS == 1U) */
/**
* @brief USBH_ClosePipe
* Close a pipe
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param pipe_num: Pipe Number
* @retval USBH Status
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_ClosePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t pipe_num)
{
(void)USBH_LL_ClosePipe(phost, pipe_num);
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_Alloc_Pipe
* Allocate a new Pipe
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param ep_addr: End point for which the Pipe to be allocated
* @retval Pipe number
*/
uint8_t USBH_AllocPipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t ep_addr)
{
uint16_t pipe;
pipe = USBH_GetFreePipe(phost);
if (pipe != 0xFFFFU)
{
phost->Pipes[pipe & 0xFU] = (uint32_t)(0x8000U | ep_addr);
}
return (uint8_t)pipe;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_Free_Pipe
* Free the USB Pipe
* @param phost: Host Handle
* @param idx: Pipe number to be freed
* @retval USBH Status
*/
USBH_StatusTypeDef USBH_FreePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost, uint8_t idx)
{
if (idx < USBH_MAX_PIPES_NBR)
{
phost->Pipes[idx] &= 0x7FFFU;
}
return USBH_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBH_GetFreePipe
* @param phost: Host Handle
* Get a free Pipe number for allocation to a device endpoint
* @retval idx: Free Pipe number
*/
static uint16_t USBH_GetFreePipe(USBH_HandleTypeDef *phost)
{
uint8_t idx = 0U;
for (idx = 0U; idx < USBH_MAX_PIPES_NBR; idx++)
{
if ((phost->Pipes[idx] & 0x8000U) == 0U)
{
return (uint16_t)idx;
}
}
return 0xFFFFU;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
This software component is provided to you as part of a software package and
applicable license terms are in the Package_license file. If you received this
software component outside of a package or without applicable license terms,
the terms of the SLA0044 license shall apply and are fully reproduced below:
SLA0044 Rev5/February 2018
Software license agreement
ULTIMATE LIBERTY SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
BY INSTALLING, COPYING, DOWNLOADING, ACCESSING OR OTHERWISE USING THIS SOFTWARE
OR ANY PART THEREOF (AND THE RELATED DOCUMENTATION) FROM STMICROELECTRONICS
INTERNATIONAL N.V, SWISS BRANCH AND/OR ITS AFFILIATED COMPANIES
(STMICROELECTRONICS), THE RECIPIENT, ON BEHALF OF HIMSELF OR HERSELF, OR ON
BEHALF OF ANY ENTITY BY WHICH SUCH RECIPIENT IS EMPLOYED AND/OR ENGAGED AGREES
TO BE BOUND BY THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
Under STMicroelectronics intellectual property rights, the redistribution,
reproduction and use in source and binary forms of the software or any part
thereof, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are met:
1. Redistribution of source code (modified or not) must retain any copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the disclaimer set forth below as items 10
and 11.
2. Redistributions in binary form, except as embedded into microcontroller or
microprocessor device manufactured by or for STMicroelectronics or a software
update for such device, must reproduce any copyright notice provided with the
binary code, this list of conditions, and the disclaimer set forth below as
items 10 and 11, in documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of other contributors to
this software may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
software or part thereof without specific written permission.
4. This software or any part thereof, including modifications and/or derivative
works of this software, must be used and execute solely and exclusively on or in
combination with a microcontroller or microprocessor device manufactured by or
for STMicroelectronics.
5. No use, reproduction or redistribution of this software partially or totally
may be done in any manner that would subject this software to any Open Source
Terms. “Open Source Terms” shall mean any open source license which requires as
part of distribution of software that the source code of such software is
distributed therewith or otherwise made available, or open source license that
substantially complies with the Open Source definition specified at
www.opensource.org and any other comparable open source license such as for
example GNU General Public License (GPL), Eclipse Public License (EPL), Apache
Software License, BSD license or MIT license.
6. STMicroelectronics has no obligation to provide any maintenance, support or
updates for the software.
7. The software is and will remain the exclusive property of STMicroelectronics
and its licensors. The recipient will not take any action that jeopardizes
STMicroelectronics and its licensors' proprietary rights or acquire any rights
in the software, except the limited rights specified hereunder.
8. The recipient shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations affecting
the use of the software or any part thereof including any applicable export
control law or regulation.
9. Redistribution and use of this software or any part thereof other than as
permitted under this license is void and will automatically terminate your
rights under this license.
10. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY STMICROELECTRONICS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, WHICH ARE
DISCLAIMED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. IN NO EVENT SHALL
STMICROELECTRONICS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
11. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREUNDER, NO LICENSE OR OTHER RIGHTS, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE GRANTED UNDER ANY PATENT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
RIGHTS OF STMICROELECTRONICS OR ANY THIRD PARTY.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
return;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
item value. It is important they don't clash with the
taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U
#else
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL
#endif
typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
{
EventBits_t uxEventBits;
List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
#endif
#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
#endif
} EventGroup_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
* The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is
* pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
* wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
* in uxCurrentEventBits.
*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
event group structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
this event group was created statically in case the event group
is later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
/* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with
pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time
allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
return pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
/* Allocate the event group. Justification for MISRA deviation as
follows: pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are
aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack. In this case
pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you
follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type
(EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself). Therefore, whenever the
stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the
TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe. In other cases,
where the natural word size of the architecture is less than
sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two
or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that
of each individual read. */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */
}
return pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
/* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared
already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
xTicksToWait = 0;
}
else
{
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
assignment is omitted. */
uxReturn = 0;
}
else
{
/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
specified - just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case
then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
returned. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
{
/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
block. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
specified, so just return the current value. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
unblock the task. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
being returned without being set if it is not done. */
uxReturn = 0;
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
{
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
cleared. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Clear the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
return uxReturn;
} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
List_t const * pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
/* Set the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
{
pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
{
/* All bits are set. */
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
}
if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
{
/* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
item before removing the task from the event list. The
eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
than because it timed out. */
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
/* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
pxListItem = pxNext;
}
/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
{
/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
it again. */
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
{
/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
{
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
{
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
{
( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
{
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
{
/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
set. Is one already set? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
Are they set already? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
return xWaitConditionMet;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t const *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
if( xEventGroup == NULL )
{
xReturn = 0;
}
else
{
xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
{
( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
#endif
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/**
* @file atomic.h
* @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
*
* This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
* Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
* provided under each compiler directory.
*/
#ifndef ATOMIC_H
#define ATOMIC_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
#endif
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
* Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
*
* Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
* ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
*
*/
#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR )
/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
#else
/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
/*
* Port specific definition -- "always inline".
* Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
* optimization level. Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
* for atomic. Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
* instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
*/
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE
#endif
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
*
* @param[in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
* *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulExchange,
uint32_t ulComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
{
*pulDestination = ulExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
else
{
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
* of *pvExchange.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] pvExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
*
* @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange )
{
void * pReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return pReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
* values.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] pvExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] pvComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
* *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange,
void * pvComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
{
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic add
*
* @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic subtract
*
* @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
* pointers to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic increment
*
* @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before increment.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic decrement
*
* @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic OR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination |= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic AND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination &= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic NAND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic XOR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination ^= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ATOMIC_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex
);</pre>
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
// LED to flash and how int32_t to delay. This assumes xQueue has
// already been created.
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}
// Function that creates two co-routines.
void vOtherFunction( void )
{
uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
TaskHandle_t xHandle;
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
{
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex );
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
*
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineSchedule() within an
// infinite loop.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
for( ;; )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crEND();</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );</pre>
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
// We are to delay for 200ms.
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Delay for 200ms.
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
// Do something here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
/**
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
// a queue.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
static BaseType_t xResult;
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult != pdPASS )
{
// The message was not posted!
}
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
xNumberToPost++;
// Delay for 100 ticks.
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
}
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xResult;
static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
}
}
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
// Was a character received?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// Process the character here.
}
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
// a co-routine.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
{
// Obtain the character from the UART.
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
// many characters are posted to the queue.
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
// period. The character is incremented each time.
static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
// be declared static.
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Send the next character to the queue.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
}
else
{
// Could not post the character to the queue.
}
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
// from the queue and send it.
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
// declared static.
cCharToTx++;
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
{
cCharToTx = 'a';
}
crDELAY( 100 );
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cCharToTx;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
{
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
{
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
}
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
projects should not use them. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
#endif
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "timers.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
* meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey
* the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
* message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
* application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
* network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
* CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events
* are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
* bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus
* example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
* not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
* active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
* which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
* send a SYNC).
*
* The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
* conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
* variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect
* to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* \defgroup EventGroup
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
struct EventGroupDef_t;
typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
// Attempt to create the event group.
xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
// Was the event group created successfully?
if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
{
// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
// FreeRTOS heap available.
}
else
{
// The event group was created.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
* StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
* structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
// size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure. It is
// provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
// group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
// settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
// real event group internals. This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
// into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
// the event group's data structures
StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
// Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
</pre>
*/
#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
* uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
* returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to
* pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
*
* @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
* xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to
* pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
* in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block
* time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
* then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
// the event group. Clear the bits before exiting.
uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being tested.
BIT_0 | BIT_4, // The bits within the event group to wait for.
pdTRUE, // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
pdFALSE, // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
}
else
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
</pre>
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
* in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
* 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
// called. Both will now be clear (not set).
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
* while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
* from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As
* a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
* routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
* For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The message was posted successfully.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
* xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value
* might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First,
* if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
* blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
* (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any
* unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
* the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set. It might be that a task
// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
* interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
* context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
* critical section.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
* will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the
* priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
* currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
* requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the
* example code below.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 // The bits being set.
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Was the message posted successfully?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
// switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
* used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
* tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
*
* This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
* by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
* if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
* parameter are set.
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
* set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Bits used by the three tasks.
#define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
#define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
#define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
#define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
// Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
// group has already been created elsewhere.
EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
{
EventBits_t uxReturn;
TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// sync point. The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
// by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait a maximum of 100ms
// for this to happen.
uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
{
// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
}
}
}
void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void* xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h
#endif
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the next list item.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,803 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
* Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
* task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
* length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another. Their
* implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
* to task and core to core communication scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* timeout to 0.
*
* Message buffers hold variable length messages. To enable that, when a
* message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
* are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
* the API function). sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
* architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
* by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
* of the message).
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include message_buffer.h"
#endif
/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
#include "stream_buffer.h"
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Type by which message buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
* etc.
*/
typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
</pre>
*
* Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
* buffer will be able to hold at any one time. When a message is written to
* the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
* store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
* 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
* take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the message buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( void )
{
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
// Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
// both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
// dynamically. Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
// bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
{
// There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
// message buffer.
}
else
{
// The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
</pre>
* Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter. When a message is written to the
* message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
* the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
* 14 bytes of message buffer space. The maximum number of bytes that can be
* stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
*
* @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which messages are
* copied when they are written to the message buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages. The available space
// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
// Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
// buffer.
static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
// The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
void MyFunction( void )
{
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
ucBufferStorage,
&xMessageBufferStruct );
// As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
// parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
// reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
// Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
<pre>
*
* Sends a discrete message to the message buffer. The message can be any
* length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
* buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
* in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
* message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
* xMessageBufferSend() is called. The calling task will never block if
* xTicksToWait is zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
* absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro
* pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
* a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
* the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer. If the call to
* xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
* message into the message buffer then zero is returned. If the call did not
* time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
// Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
// wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
{
// The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
// space in the buffer for the data to be written.
}
// Send the string to the message buffer. Return immediately if there is
// not enough space in the buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
// not enough free space in the buffer.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
<pre>
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
* the message buffer. The message can be any length that fits within the
* buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer. If the
* message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
* then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A message buffer that has already been created.
MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) pcStringToSend,
strlen( pcStringToSend ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
// not enough free space in the buffer.
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Receives a discrete message from a message buffer. Messages can be of
* variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
* xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
* the message buffer is empty. The block time is specified in tick periods, so
* the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any. If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
* then zero is returned. If the length of the message is greater than
* xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
* zero is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
// Receive the next message from the message buffer. Wait in the Blocked
// state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
// a message to become available.
xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
xBlockTime );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
// the message here....
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
* message from a message buffer. Messages can be of variable length and are
* copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A message buffer that has already been created.
MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Receive the next message from the message buffer.
xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
// the message here....
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic(). If the message
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
*
*/
#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is full. A message buffer is full if it
* cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
* by a message being removed from the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
* contained.
*
* A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned. If the
* message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
* the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
* a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
* Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
* the message buffer would be full. When a message is written to the message
* buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
* message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
* of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
/**
* message_buffer.h
<pre>
size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
</pre>
* Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
* Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
* passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
* if the message buffer is empty.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#if defined( __cplusplus )
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint16_t usStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask, uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define xTaskCreateRestricted MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskNotifyWait MPU_xTaskNotifyWait
#define ulTaskNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake
#define xTaskNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear
#define ulTaskNotifyValueClear MPU_ulTaskNotifyValueClear
#define xTaskCatchUpTicks MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerPendFunctionCall MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define uxTimerGetReloadMode MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
#define xTimerGenericCommand MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
(useful when using statically allocated objects). */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__((section( "freertos_system_calls")))
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
#endif
#ifndef portARCH_NAME
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#else
#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#endif
/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
typedef struct xHeapStats
{
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
} HeapStats_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
* heap state.
*/
void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats );
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* Stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one task or
* interrupt to another. Their implementation is light weight, making them
* particularly suited for interrupt to task and core to core communication
* scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section section and set the
* receive block time to 0.
*
*/
#ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H
#define STREAM_BUFFER_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include stream_buffer.h"
#endif
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Type by which stream buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() returns an StreamBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xStreamBufferSend(), xStreamBufferReceive(),
* etc.
*/
struct StreamBufferDef_t;
typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
<pre>
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
</pre>
*
* Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xStreamBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes the stream buffer will be
* able to hold at any one time.
*
* @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
* moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is blocked on a read
* of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
* unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
* time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
* stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
* unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
* block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires before the
* trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
* are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the stream buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the stream buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created stream
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( void )
{
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
const size_t xStreamBufferSizeBytes = 100, xTriggerLevel = 10;
// Create a stream buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
// both the stream buffer structure and the data in the stream buffer is
// allocated dynamically.
xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreate( xStreamBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevel );
if( xStreamBuffer == NULL )
{
// There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
// stream buffer.
}
else
{
// The stream buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE )
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
</pre>
* Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xStreamBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucStreamBufferStorageArea parameter.
*
* @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
* buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
* moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is blocked on a read
* of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
* unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
* time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
* stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
* unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
* block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires before the
* trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
* are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
* trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger level
* that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big. This is the array to which streams are
* copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams. The available space
// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
// Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
// buffer.
static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
// The variable used to hold the stream buffer structure.
StaticStreamBuffer_t xStreamBufferStruct;
void MyFunction( void )
{
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
xTriggerLevel,
ucBufferStorage,
&xStreamBufferStruct );
// As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
// parameters were NULL, xStreamBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
// reference the created stream buffer in other stream buffer API calls.
// Other code that uses the stream buffer can go here.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer )
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Sends bytes to a stream buffer. The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the buffer that holds the bytes to be copied
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the stream
* buffer, should the stream buffer contain too little space to hold the
* another xDataLengthBytes bytes. The block time is specified in tick periods,
* so the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If a task times out
* before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still write
* as many bytes as possible. A task does not use any CPU time when it is in
* the blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the stream buffer. If a task times
* out before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still
* write as many bytes as possible.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
// Send an array to the stream buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
// wait for enough space to be available in the stream buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
{
// The call to xStreamBufferSend() times out before there was enough
// space in the buffer for the data to be written, but it did
// successfully write xBytesSent bytes.
}
// Send the string to the stream buffer. Return immediately if there is not
// enough space in the buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// The entire string could not be added to the stream buffer because
// there was not enough free space in the buffer, but xBytesSent bytes
// were sent. Could try again to send the remaining bytes.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
* the stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the data that is to be copied into the stream
* buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
* into the stream buffer.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a stream buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xStreamBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xStreamBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the example code below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the stream buffer, which will
* be less than xDataLengthBytes if the stream buffer didn't have enough free
* space for all the bytes to be written.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A stream buffer that has already been created.
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
size_t xBytesSent;
char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Attempt to send the string to the stream buffer.
xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) pcStringToSend,
strlen( pcStringToSend ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
{
// There was not enough free space in the stream buffer for the entire
// string to be written, ut xBytesSent bytes were written.
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xStreamBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void *pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read from a stream buffer from a task. Use
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a stream buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which bytes are to
* be received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes will be
* copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
* pvRxData parameter. This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
* call. xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
* maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for data to become available if the stream buffer is
* empty. xStreamBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is
* zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the absolute time it
* represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can
* be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into a time specified in
* ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause the task to wait
* indefinitely (without timing out), provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1
* in FreeRTOSConfig.h. A task does not use any CPU time when it is in the
* Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually read from the stream buffer, which will
* be less than xBufferLengthBytes if the call to xStreamBufferReceive() timed
* out before xBufferLengthBytes were available.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
void vAFunction( StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
// Receive up to another sizeof( ucRxData ) bytes from the stream buffer.
// Wait in the Blocked state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a
// maximum of 100ms for the full sizeof( ucRxData ) number of bytes to be
// available.
xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceive( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
xBlockTime );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// A ucRxData contains another xRecievedBytes bytes of data, which can
// be processed here....
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
* stream buffer.
*
* Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read bytes from a stream buffer from a task.
* Use xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read bytes from a stream buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which a stream
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes are
* copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
* pvRxData parameter. This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
* call. xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
* maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a stream buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes read from the stream buffer, if any.
*
* Example use:
<pre>
// A stream buffer that has already been created.
StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer;
void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
{
uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
size_t xReceivedBytes;
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
// Receive the next stream from the stream buffer.
xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
( void * ) ucRxData,
sizeof( ucRxData ),
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
{
// ucRxData contains xReceivedBytes read from the stream buffer.
// Process the stream here....
}
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
// xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
// priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
// switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
// task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
// variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
// documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void *pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic(). If the stream
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xStreamBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A stream buffer handle must not be used after the stream buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
*
* \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full. A stream buffer is full if it
* does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty. A stream buffer is empty if
* it does not contain any data.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state. Any data that was in
* the stream buffer is discarded. A stream buffer can only be reset if there
* are no tasks blocked waiting to either send to or receive from the stream
* buffer.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the stream buffer is reset then pdPASS is returned. If there was
* a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
* stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
* equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
* is full.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be full.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
</pre>
*
* Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
* the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
* buffer would be empty.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
* the stream buffer would be empty.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
</pre>
*
* A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
* stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
* wait for data is moved out of the blocked state. For example, if a task is
* blocked on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1
* then the task will be unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer
* or the task's block time expires. As another example, if a task is blocked
* on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the
* task will not be unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes
* or the task's block time expires. If a reading task's block time expires
* before the trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however
* many bytes are actually available. Setting a trigger level of 0 will result
* in a trigger level of 1 being used. It is not valid to specify a trigger
* level that is greater than the buffer size.
*
* A trigger level is set when the stream buffer is created, and can be modified
* using xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel().
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being updated.
*
* @param xTriggerLevel The new trigger level for the stream buffer.
*
* @return If xTriggerLevel was less than or equal to the stream buffer's length
* then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* stream_buffer.h
*
<pre>
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if defined( __cplusplus )
}
#endif
#endif /* !defined( STREAM_BUFFER_H ) */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t *pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCBs which are
stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
listed below. In addition see https://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
1) Stack overflow -
see https://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
item later. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
item. */
List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,775 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM4F port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#ifndef __VFP_FP__
#error This port can only be used when the project options are configured to enable hardware floating point support.
#endif
#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ configCPU_CLOCK_HZ
/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 1UL << 2UL )
#else
/* The way the SysTick is clocked is not modified in case it is not the same
as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 0 )
#endif
/* Constants required to manipulate the core. Registers first... */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
/* ...then bits in the registers. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT ( 1UL << 1UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT ( 1UL << 0UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ( 1UL << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 27UL )
#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 25UL )
/* Constants used to detect a Cortex-M7 r0p1 core, which should use the ARM_CM7
r0p1 port. */
#define portCPUID ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ed00 ) )
#define portCORTEX_M7_r0p1_ID ( 0x410FC271UL )
#define portCORTEX_M7_r0p0_ID ( 0x410FC270UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER ( 16 )
#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 ( 0xE000E3F0 )
#define portAIRCR_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE ( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS ( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ( 0x07UL << 8UL )
#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT ( 8UL )
/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK ( 0xFFUL )
/* Constants required to manipulate the VFP. */
#define portFPCCR ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ef34 ) /* Floating point context control register. */
#define portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS ( 0x3UL << 30UL )
/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 )
#define portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN ( 0xfffffffd )
/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER ( 0xffffffUL )
/* For strict compliance with the Cortex-M spec the task start address should
have bit-0 clear, as it is loaded into the PC on exit from an ISR. */
#define portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK ( ( StackType_t ) 0xfffffffeUL )
/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
calculations. */
#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR ( 45UL )
/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
prvTaskExitError() in case it messes up unwinding of the stack in the
debugger. */
#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#else
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS prvTaskExitError
#endif
/*
* Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. The implementation in this
* file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
* generate the tick interrupt.
*/
void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
/*
* Exception handlers.
*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Function to enable the VFP.
*/
static void vPortEnableVFP( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
variable. */
static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
/*
* The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
* 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
* power functionality only.
*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
* FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
* a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
*/
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( const volatile uint8_t * const ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
{
/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
interrupt. */
/* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit
of interrupts, and to ensure alignment. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( ( StackType_t ) pxCode ) & portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK; /* PC */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS; /* LR */
/* Save code space by skipping register initialisation. */
pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
/* A save method is being used that requires each task to maintain its
own exec return value. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_EXC_RETURN;
pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
return pxTopOfStack;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void )
{
volatile uint32_t ulDummy = 0;
/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
its caller as there is nothing to return to. If a task wants to exit it
should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
while( ulDummy == 0 )
{
/* This file calls prvTaskExitError() after the scheduler has been
started to remove a compiler warning about the function being defined
but never called. ulDummy is used purely to quieten other warnings
about code appearing after this function is called - making ulDummy
volatile makes the compiler think the function could return and
therefore not output an 'unreachable code' warning for code that appears
after it. */
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortSVCHandler( void )
{
__asm volatile (
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
" msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
" isb \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 4 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void )
{
/* Start the first task. This also clears the bit that indicates the FPU is
in use in case the FPU was used before the scheduler was started - which
would otherwise result in the unnecessary leaving of space in the SVC stack
for lazy saving of FPU registers. */
__asm volatile(
" ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
" mov r0, #0 \n" /* Clear the bit that indicates the FPU is in use, see comment above. */
" msr control, r0 \n"
" cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
" cpsie f \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */
" nop \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
/* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0.
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
configASSERT( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY );
/* This port can be used on all revisions of the Cortex-M7 core other than
the r0p1 parts. r0p1 parts should use the port from the
/source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM7/r0p1 directory. */
configASSERT( portCPUID != portCORTEX_M7_r0p1_ID );
configASSERT( portCPUID != portCORTEX_M7_r0p0_ID );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
volatile uint32_t ulOriginalPriority;
volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( volatile uint8_t * const ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
functions can be called. ISR safe functions are those that end in
"FromISR". FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
ulOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Determine the number of priority bits available. First write to all
possible bits. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
of bits read back. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS;
while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
{
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue--;
ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
}
#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
{
/* Check the CMSIS configuration that defines the number of
priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
from the hardware. */
configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == __NVIC_PRIO_BITS );
}
#endif
#ifdef configPRIO_BITS
{
/* Check the FreeRTOS configuration that defines the number of
priority bits matches the number of priority bits actually queried
from the hardware. */
configASSERT( ( portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulMaxPRIGROUPValue ) == configPRIO_BITS );
}
#endif
/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
register. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
value. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ulOriginalPriority;
}
#endif /* conifgASSERT_DEFINED */
/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
here already. */
vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
uxCriticalNesting = 0;
/* Ensure the VFP is enabled - it should be anyway. */
vPortEnableVFP();
/* Lazy save always. */
*( portFPCCR ) |= portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS;
/* Start the first task. */
prvPortStartFirstTask();
/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing! Call the task
exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS. Call
vTaskSwitchContext() so link time optimisation does not remove the
symbol. */
vTaskSwitchContext();
prvTaskExitError();
/* Should not get here! */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
Artificially force an assert. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEnterCritical( void )
{
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
uxCriticalNesting++;
/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context. Only API
functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt. Only assert if
the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
assert function also uses a critical section. */
if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
{
configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortExitCritical( void )
{
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
uxCriticalNesting--;
if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
{
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
{
/* This is a naked function. */
__asm volatile
(
" mrs r0, psp \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
" ldr r2, [r3] \n"
" \n"
" tst r14, #0x10 \n" /* Is the task using the FPU context? If so, push high vfp registers. */
" it eq \n"
" vstmdbeq r0!, {s16-s31} \n"
" \n"
" stmdb r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Save the core registers. */
" str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
" \n"
" stmdb sp!, {r0, r3} \n"
" mov r0, %0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" bl vTaskSwitchContext \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" ldmia sp!, {r0, r3} \n"
" \n"
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n"
" \n"
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Pop the core registers. */
" \n"
" tst r14, #0x10 \n" /* Is the task using the FPU context? If so, pop the high vfp registers too. */
" it eq \n"
" vldmiaeq r0!, {s16-s31} \n"
" \n"
" msr psp, r0 \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
#ifdef WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 /* XMC4000 specific errata workaround. */
#if WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 == 1
" push { r14 } \n"
" pop { pc } \n"
#endif
#endif
" \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 4 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
{
/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
executes all interrupts must be unmasked. There is therefore no need to
save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
known. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
{
/* A context switch is required. Context switching is performed in
the PendSV interrupt. Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
{
uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
{
xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
}
/* Stop the SysTick momentarily. The time the SysTick is stopped for
is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
kernel with respect to calendar time. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
tick periods. -1 is used because this code will execute part way
through one of the tick periods. */
ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
{
ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
}
/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
{
/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
this tick period. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
periods. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
}
else
{
/* Set the new reload value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
zero. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Sleep until something happens. configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
should not be executed again. However, the original expected idle
time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xModifiableIdleTime );
if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
{
__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "wfi" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
}
configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
/* Re-enable interrupts to allow the interrupt that brought the MCU
out of sleep mode to execute immediately. see comments above
__disable_interrupt() call above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* Disable interrupts again because the clock is about to be stopped
and interrupts that execute while the clock is stopped will increase
any slippage between the time maintained by the RTOS and calendar
time. */
__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* Disable the SysTick clock without reading the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG register to ensure the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT is not cleared if it is set. Again,
the time the SysTick is stopped for is accounted for as best it can
be, but using the tickless mode will inevitably result in some tiny
drift of the time maintained by the kernel with respect to calendar
time*/
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT );
/* Determine if the SysTick clock has already counted to zero and
been set back to the current reload value (the reload back being
correct for the entire expected idle time) or if the SysTick is yet
to count to zero (in which case an interrupt other than the SysTick
must have brought the system out of sleep mode). */
if( ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
{
uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* The tick interrupt is already pending, and the SysTick count
reloaded with ulReloadValue. Reset the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
period. */
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
that took too long. */
if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
{
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
}
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* As the pending tick will be processed as soon as this
function exits, the tick value maintained by the tick is stepped
forward by one less than the time spent waiting. */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
}
else
{
/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
ticks). */
ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
was waiting? */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
period remains. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1UL ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
}
/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
/* Exit with interrupts enabled. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
}
}
#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
* frequency.
*/
__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
{
/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
{
ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
}
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/* Stop and clear the SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = 0UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is a naked function. */
static void vPortEnableVFP( void )
{
__asm volatile
(
" ldr.w r0, =0xE000ED88 \n" /* The FPU enable bits are in the CPACR. */
" ldr r1, [r0] \n"
" \n"
" orr r1, r1, #( 0xf << 20 ) \n" /* Enable CP10 and CP11 coprocessors, then save back. */
" str r1, [r0] \n"
" bx r14 "
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
{
/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
function. ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Interrupts that use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
default priority of zero as that is the highest possible priority,
which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
and therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
The following links provide detailed information:
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html */
configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
}
/* Priority grouping: The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
the interrupt's sub-priority. For simplicity all bits must be defined
to be pre-emption priority bits. The following assertion will fail if
this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
scheduler. Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
of zero will result in unpredictable behaviour. */
configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
#define portSTACK_TYPE uint32_t
#define portBASE_TYPE long
typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
typedef long BaseType_t;
typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
#else
typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specifics. */
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS ( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler utilities. */
#define portYIELD() \
{ \
/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */ \
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT; \
\
/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely \
within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */ \
__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" ); \
__asm volatile( "isb" ); \
}
#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT ( 1UL << 28UL )
#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired != pdFALSE ) portYIELD()
#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section management. */
extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() ulPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) vPortSetBASEPRI(x)
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortSetBASEPRI(0)
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. These are
not necessary for to use this port. They are defined so the common demo files
(which build with all the ports) will build. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#endif
#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
/* Generic helper function. */
__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static inline uint8_t ucPortCountLeadingZeros( uint32_t ulBitmap )
{
uint8_t ucReturn;
__asm volatile ( "clz %0, %1" : "=r" ( ucReturn ) : "r" ( ulBitmap ) : "memory" );
return ucReturn;
}
/* Check the configuration. */
#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32. It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
#endif
/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31UL - ( uint32_t ) ucPortCountLeadingZeros( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef configASSERT
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
#endif
/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
#define portNOP()
#define portINLINE __inline
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__(( always_inline))
#endif
portFORCE_INLINE static BaseType_t xPortIsInsideInterrupt( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) :: "memory" );
if( ulCurrentInterrupt == 0 )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulNewBASEPRI;
__asm volatile
(
" mov %0, %1 \n" \
" msr basepri, %0 \n" \
" isb \n" \
" dsb \n" \
:"=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static uint32_t ulPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulOriginalBASEPRI, ulNewBASEPRI;
__asm volatile
(
" mrs %0, basepri \n" \
" mov %1, %2 \n" \
" msr basepri, %1 \n" \
" isb \n" \
" dsb \n" \
:"=r" (ulOriginalBASEPRI), "=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "memory"
);
/* This return will not be reached but is necessary to prevent compiler
warnings. */
return ulOriginalBASEPRI;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortSetBASEPRI( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue )
{
__asm volatile
(
" msr basepri, %0 " :: "r" ( ulNewMaskValue ) : "memory"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portMEMORY_BARRIER() __asm volatile( "" ::: "memory" )
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org
* http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
*
* 1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
* (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
* limits memory fragmentation.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
of their memory address. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
* adjacent to each other.
*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
/*
* Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
* pvPortMalloc() is called.
*/
static void prvHeapInit( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
block must by correctly byte aligned. */
static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = 0;
static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = 0;
/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type. When this bit in the xBlockSize
member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
application. When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
space. */
static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
void *pvReturn = NULL;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
if( pxEnd == NULL )
{
prvHeapInit();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
set. The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
kernel, so it must be free. */
if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
{
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
{
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
was not found. */
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
of the list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
two. */
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
block following the number of bytes requested. The void
cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
single block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxNewBlockLink );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
{
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
by the application and has no "next" block. */
pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t *pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
before it. */
puc -= xHeapStructSize;
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
{
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
{
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
allocated. */
pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHeapInit( void )
{
BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
size_t uxAddress;
size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
uxAddress = ( size_t ) ucHeap;
if( ( uxAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
{
uxAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
xTotalHeapSize -= uxAddress - ( size_t ) ucHeap;
}
pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) uxAddress;
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
at the end of the heap space. */
uxAddress = ( ( size_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
uxAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
pxEnd = ( void * ) uxAddress;
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = uxAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
{
BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
uint8_t *puc;
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
than the block being inserted. */
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
}
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
to itself. */
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats )
{
BlockLink_t *pxBlock;
size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
/* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised. The heap
is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
if( pxBlock != NULL )
{
do
{
/* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
so far. */
xBlocks++;
if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
{
xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
}
if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
{
xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
}
/* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
reached. */
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
} while( pxBlock != pxEnd );
}
}
xTaskResumeAll();
pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff